Skip to content
FundingPips changes

Version archive

2 Step Standard – FundingPips

FundingPips23 versionsLive page
  1. Version 2310/17/2026, 4:42:46 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes
    with the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, or Monthly 100%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed
    on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage
    
    Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 12% OFF
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% OFF
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% OFF
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard
    once the account qualifies.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a
    Master Account is offered. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules.
    Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure
    with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    3% or 5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on
    the configuration you purchased) of the higher value
    between the opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both balance and equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more
    than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline
    at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    The account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after the last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    Trades can be held and managed during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Trades can be held during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to
    **trades opened**
    **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    the window runs from
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    .
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **5 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 5**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened or closed
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** restricted
    affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed
    on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute
    before or 5-minute after
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    **Trading Rule Clarification**
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the restricted
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Overnight & Weekend Holding
    
    **Evaluation**
    
    Overnight and weekend holding are allowed during
    **evaluation phases** for all instruments on
    2 Step Standard.
    
    
    **Master**
    
    On the **Master Account**, holding trades overnight
    and
    over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step
    Standard Master
    Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by
    the
    system unless you have the **Swing add-on**.
    
    
    Trades automatically closed by the system for overnight or
    weekend
    holding will not result in an account breach. However, weekday
    overnight trades will count as a valid trading day, while
    weekend
    holding will not count as a valid trading day.
    
    
    Auto-close window for Master Accounts
    
    Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts
    are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute
    window.
    Closing starts at the beginning of the window; any
    position still open at the end of the window will
    be closed.
    
    
    | Period | Starts | Auto-close window |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Summer time | First Sunday of March | 20:45 to 21:00 UTC |
    | Winter time | First Sunday of November | 21:45 to 22:00 UTC |
    
    Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts
    can be enabled at the time of purchase through an
    **Add-on**.
    
    
    **Impact of Weekday Overnight & Weekend Trades**
    
    **Weekday overnight trades:**
    
    Profits from weekday overnight trades will be added to the
    account
    balance and will count toward Minimum Trading Days, Minimum
    Profitable Days, and the Consistency Score. The trade will
    also be
    counted as a valid trading day.
    
    
    **Weekend trades:**
    
    Profits from weekend trades will still be added to the account
    balance, while the biggest winning day and biggest losing
    day will
    be included in the consistency score calculation but does
    not count
    as a valid trading day.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5, cTrader & Match-Trader
    
    This add-on is available on all three platforms.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    The **Striking System** applies
    when
    the closed and floating loss on
    one trade idea
    reaches **1% of the Master Account size**.
    
    
    All losses from a single trade idea
    are counted together. A **trade idea**
    can
    be any of the following:
    
    
      - One trade
      - Multiple trades running together on the
         same instrument
         and in the same direction
    
      - Two or more new trades opened within
         10 minutes of
         closing a losing trade
    
    
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset
    between Reward
    cycles.
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded |
    | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half |
    | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Any profit from trade ideas that received
    a warning
    is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    Commission & Leverage: Execution Parameters
    
    Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power,
    trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account,
    Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust Commission & Leverage as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning only a small fraction of the trade's
    full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond
    that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers
    always benefit the trade, no matter how large it
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Instruments
    
    41 instruments across 5 asset classes
    
    Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto
    
    EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD
    
    FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2
    
    View full instrument list by category
    
    
    | Category | Instruments |
    | --- | --- |
    | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD |
    | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY |
    | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) |
    | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) |
    | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) |
    | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) |
    
    Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract
    size, and swap rates are available in the trading
    platform.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace
    works, as long as at least
    one
    trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity
    and
    all trading
    rules are followed throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! The new login
    details
    appear
    on the dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, the profit
    target
    must be reached
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 12%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 and 7%
    on a Master will
    appear
    on the dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to inactivity. The applicable discount
    depends on the phase, and the account will restart from
    Phase 1 after the reset.
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day the account was created. If trading has occurred
    before,
    it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed.
    At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    allowing full visibility but no further trading.
    
    
    The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. An email notification is also sent immediately.
    
    
    News & Weekend Holding
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **Monthly**
    reward cycle. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of total profits.
    If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the
    best
    day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until requested. The request can be submitted
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Commission & Leverage
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as
    long
    as the account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 4367f02a6bb69ca9e4a9d54578792a343c900309aecbbc764f25e391aade12ad

  2. Version 2210/9/2026, 4:23:08 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes
    with the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed
    on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage
    
    Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 12% OFF
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% OFF
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% OFF
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard
    once the account qualifies.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a
    Master Account is offered. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules.
    Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure
    with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    3% or 5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on
    the configuration you purchased) of the higher value
    between the opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both balance and equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more
    than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline
    at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    The account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after the last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    Trades can be held and managed during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Trades can be held during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to
    **trades opened**
    **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    the window runs from
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    .
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **5 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 5**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened or closed
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** restricted
    affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed
    on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute
    before or 5-minute after
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    **Trading Rule Clarification**
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the restricted
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Overnight & Weekend Holding
    
    **Evaluation**
    
    Overnight and weekend holding are allowed during
    **evaluation phases** for all instruments on
    2 Step Standard.
    
    
    **Master**
    
    On the **Master Account**, holding trades overnight
    and
    over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step
    Standard Master
    Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by
    the
    system unless you have the **Swing add-on**.
    
    
    Trades automatically closed by the system for overnight or
    weekend
    holding will not result in an account breach. However, weekday
    overnight trades will count as a valid trading day, while
    weekend
    holding will not count as a valid trading day.
    
    
    Auto-close window for Master Accounts
    
    Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts
    are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute
    window.
    Closing starts at the beginning of the window; any
    position still open at the end of the window will
    be closed.
    
    
    | Period | Starts | Auto-close window |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Summer time | First Sunday of March | 20:45 to 21:00 UTC |
    | Winter time | First Sunday of November | 21:45 to 22:00 UTC |
    
    Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts
    can be enabled at the time of purchase through an
    **Add-on**.
    
    
    **Impact of Weekday Overnight & Weekend Trades**
    
    **Weekday overnight trades:**
    
    Profits from weekday overnight trades will be added to the
    account
    balance and will count toward Minimum Trading Days, Minimum
    Profitable Days, and the Consistency Score. The trade will
    also be
    counted as a valid trading day.
    
    
    **Weekend trades:**
    
    Profits from weekend trades will still be added to the account
    balance, while the biggest winning day and biggest losing
    day will
    be included in the consistency score calculation but does
    not count
    as a valid trading day.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5, cTrader & Match-Trader
    
    This add-on is available on all three platforms.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    The **Striking System** applies
    when
    the closed and floating loss on
    one trade idea
    reaches **1% of the Master Account size**.
    
    
    All losses from a single trade idea
    are counted together. A **trade idea**
    can
    be any of the following:
    
    
      - One trade
      - Multiple trades running together on the
         same instrument
         and in the same direction
    
      - Two or more new trades opened within
         10 minutes of
         closing a losing trade
    
    
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset
    between Reward
    cycles.
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded |
    | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half |
    | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Any profit from trade ideas that received
    a warning
    is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    Commission & Leverage: Execution Parameters
    
    Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power,
    trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account,
    Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust Commission & Leverage as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning only a small fraction of the trade's
    full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond
    that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers
    always benefit the trade, no matter how large it
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Instruments
    
    41 instruments across 5 asset classes
    
    Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto
    
    EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD
    
    FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2
    
    View full instrument list by category
    
    
    | Category | Instruments |
    | --- | --- |
    | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD |
    | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY |
    | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) |
    | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) |
    | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) |
    | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) |
    
    Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract
    size, and swap rates are available in the trading
    platform.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace
    works, as long as at least
    one
    trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity
    and
    all trading
    rules are followed throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! The new login
    details
    appear
    on the dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, the profit
    target
    must be reached
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 12%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 and 7%
    on a Master will
    appear
    on the dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to inactivity. The applicable discount
    depends on the phase, and the account will restart from
    Phase 1 after the reset.
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day the account was created. If trading has occurred
    before,
    it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed.
    At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    allowing full visibility but no further trading.
    
    
    The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. An email notification is also sent immediately.
    
    
    News & Weekend Holding
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of total profits.
    If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the
    best
    day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until requested. The request can be submitted
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Commission & Leverage
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as
    long
    as the account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 4efedd12cadff362ec73d7baa3523b1a39affcaac1fc4a5a8aaea3b5be95e26b

  3. Version 2110/8/2026, 4:22:27 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes
    with the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed
    on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage
    
    Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 12% OFF
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% OFF
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% OFF
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard
    once the account qualifies.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a
    Master Account is offered. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules.
    Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure
    with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    3% or 5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on
    the configuration you purchased) of the higher value
    between the opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both balance and equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more
    than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline
    at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    The account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after the last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    Trades can be held and managed during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Trades can be held during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to
    **trades opened**
    **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    the window runs from
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    .
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened or closed
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** restricted
    affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed
    on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute
    before or 5-minute after
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the restricted
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Overnight & Weekend Holding
    
    **Evaluation**
    
    Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during
    evaluation phases for all instruments on
    2 Step Standard.
    
    
    **Master**
    
    On the Master Account, holding trades overnight and
    over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step
    Pro
    Master
    Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by
    the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**.
    
    Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding
    will not result in an account breach; however, it will not
    count
    as a valid trading day.
    
    
    **Auto-close window for Master Accounts**
    
    Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts are
    closed
    by the system each day within a 15-minute window:
    
    • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45
    – 21:00
    UTC
    
    • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45
    – 22:00 UTC
    
    Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any
    position
    still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight
    and
    weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at
    the
    time of purchase through an
    **Add-on**.
    
    
    **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score**
    
    Profits from these trades will still be added to the account
    balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing
    day
    will be included in the consistency score calculation.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5, cTrader & Match-Trader
    
    This add-on is available on all three platforms.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    The **Striking System** applies
    when
    the closed and floating loss on
    one trade idea
    reaches **1% of the Master Account size**.
    
    
    All losses from a single trade idea
    are counted together. A **trade idea**
    can
    be any of the following:
    
    
      - One trade
      - Multiple trades running together on the
         same instrument
         and in the same direction
    
      - Two or more new trades opened within
         10 minutes of
         closing a losing trade
    
    
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset
    between Reward
    cycles.
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded |
    | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half |
    | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Any profit from trade ideas that received
    a warning
    is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    Commission & Leverage: Execution Parameters
    
    Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power,
    trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account,
    Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust Commission & Leverage as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning only a small fraction of the trade's
    full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond
    that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers
    always benefit the trade, no matter how large it
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Instruments
    
    41 instruments across 5 asset classes
    
    Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto
    
    EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD
    
    FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2
    
    View full instrument list by category
    
    
    | Category | Instruments |
    | --- | --- |
    | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD |
    | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY |
    | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) |
    | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) |
    | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) |
    | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) |
    
    Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract
    size, and swap rates are available in the trading
    platform.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace
    works, as long as at least
    one
    trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity
    and
    all trading
    rules are followed throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! The new login
    details
    appear
    on the dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, the profit
    target
    must be reached
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 12%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 and 7% on a Master will
    appear
    on the dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account is breached due to inactivity. The applicable discount depends on the phase, and the account will restart from Phase 1 after the reset.
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day the account was created. If trading has occurred
    before,
    it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed.
    At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    allowing full visibility but no further trading.
    
    
    The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. An email notification is also sent immediately.
    
    
    News & Weekend Holding
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of total profits.
    If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the
    best
    day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until requested. The request can be submitted
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Commission & Leverage
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as
    long
    as the account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 74ded4e36ff10066cd0803e418ccf11267f3013bf149b38a44745117d0d23404

  4. Version 2010/6/2026, 4:22:28 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes
    with the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed
    on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage
    
    Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** differs by account sizes
    
    
      - $50K and below: **20% off**
      - For $100K: **15% off**
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 12% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 8% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard
    once the account qualifies.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a
    Master Account is offered. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules.
    Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure
    with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    3% or 5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on
    the configuration you purchased) of the higher value
    between the opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both balance and equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more
    than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline
    at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    The account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after the last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    Trades can be held and managed during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Trades can be held during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to
    **trades opened**
    **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    the window runs from
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    .
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened or closed
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** restricted
    affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed
    on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute
    before or 5-minute after
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the restricted
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Overnight & Weekend Holding
    
    **Evaluation**
    
    Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during
    evaluation phases for all instruments on
    2 Step Standard.
    
    
    **Master**
    
    On the Master Account, holding trades overnight and
    over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step
    Pro
    Master
    Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by
    the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**.
    
    Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding
    will not result in an account breach; however, it will not
    count
    as a valid trading day.
    
    
    **Auto-close window for Master Accounts**
    
    Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts are
    closed
    by the system each day within a 15-minute window:
    
    • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45
    – 21:00
    UTC
    
    • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45
    – 22:00 UTC
    
    Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any
    position
    still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight
    and
    weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at
    the
    time of purchase through an
    **Add-on**.
    
    
    **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score**
    
    Profits from these trades will still be added to the account
    balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing
    day
    will be included in the consistency score calculation.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5, cTrader & Match-Trader
    
    This add-on is available on all three platforms.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    The **Striking System** applies
    when
    the closed and floating loss on
    one trade idea
    reaches **1% of the Master Account size**.
    
    
    All losses from a single trade idea
    are counted together. A **trade idea**
    can
    be any of the following:
    
    
      - One trade
      - Multiple trades running together on the
         same instrument
         and in the same direction
    
      - Two or more new trades opened within
         10 minutes of
         closing a losing trade
    
    
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset
    between Reward
    cycles.
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded |
    | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half |
    | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Any profit from trade ideas that received
    a warning
    is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    Commission & Leverage: Execution Parameters
    
    Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power,
    trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account,
    Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust Commission & Leverage as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning only a small fraction of the trade's
    full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond
    that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers
    always benefit the trade, no matter how large it
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Instruments
    
    41 instruments across 5 asset classes
    
    Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto
    
    EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD
    
    FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2
    
    View full instrument list by category
    
    
    | Category | Instruments |
    | --- | --- |
    | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD |
    | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY |
    | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) |
    | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) |
    | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) |
    | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) |
    
    Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract
    size, and swap rates are available in the trading
    platform.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace
    works, as long as at least
    one
    trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity
    and
    all trading
    rules are followed throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! The new login
    details
    appear
    on the dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, the profit
    target
    must be reached
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 8%
    discount on Phase 1 and 8% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on the dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day the account was created. If trading has occurred
    before,
    it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed.
    At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    allowing full visibility but no further trading.
    
    
    The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. An email notification is also sent immediately.
    
    
    News & Weekend Holding
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of total profits.
    If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the
    best
    day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until requested. The request can be submitted
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Commission & Leverage
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as
    long
    as the account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 17a2eee07a183603c40216ec2853f886be9280d2b1fdfb08de1d37ed4b9ae9c7

  5. Version 1910/2/2026, 4:31:12 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes
    with the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed
    on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage
    
    Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** differs by account sizes
    
    
      - $50K and below: **20% off**
      - For $100K: **15% off**
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 12% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 8% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard
    once the account qualifies.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a
    Master Account is offered. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules.
    Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure
    with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    3% or 5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on
    the configuration you purchased) of the higher value
    between the opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both balance and equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more
    than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline
    at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    The account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after the last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    Trades can be held and managed during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Trades can be held during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to
    **trades opened**
    **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    the window runs from
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    .
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened or closed
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** restricted
    affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed
    on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute
    before or 5-minute after
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the restricted
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Overnight & Weekend Holding
    
    **Evaluation**
    
    Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during
    evaluation phases for all instruments on
    2 Step Standard.
    
    
    **Master**
    
    On the Master Account, holding trades overnight and
    over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step
    Pro
    Master
    Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by
    the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**.
    
    Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding
    will not result in an account breach; however, it will not
    count
    as a valid trading day.
    
    
    **Auto-close window for Master Accounts**
    
    Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts are
    closed
    by the system each day within a 15-minute window:
    
    • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45
    – 21:00
    UTC
    
    • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45
    – 22:00 UTC
    
    Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any
    position
    still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight
    and
    weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at
    the
    time of purchase through an
    **Add-on**.
    
    
    **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score**
    
    Profits from these trades will still be added to the account
    balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing
    day
    will be included in the consistency score calculation.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5, cTrader & Match-Trader
    
    This add-on is available on all three platforms.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    The **Striking System** applies
    when
    the closed and floating loss on
    one trade idea
    reaches **1% of the Master Account size**.
    
    
    All losses from a single trade idea
    are counted together. A **trade idea**
    can
    be any of the following:
    
    
      - One trade
      - Multiple trades running together on the
         same instrument
         and in the same direction
    
      - Two or more new trades opened within
         10 minutes of
         closing a losing trade
    
    
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset
    between Reward
    cycles.
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded |
    | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half |
    | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Any profit from trade ideas that received
    a warning
    is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    Commission & Leverage: Execution Parameters
    
    Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power,
    trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account,
    Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust Commission & Leverage as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning only a small fraction of the trade's
    full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond
    that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers
    always benefit the trade, no matter how large it
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Instruments
    
    41 instruments across 5 asset classes
    
    Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto
    
    EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD
    
    FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2
    
    View full instrument list by category
    
    
    | Category | Instruments |
    | --- | --- |
    | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD |
    | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY |
    | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) |
    | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) |
    | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) |
    | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) |
    
    Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract
    size, and swap rates are available in the trading
    platform.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace
    works, as long as at least
    one
    trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity
    and
    all trading
    rules are followed throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! The new login
    details
    appear
    on the dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, the profit
    target
    must be reached
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 8%
    discount on Phase 1 and 8% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on the dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day the account was created. If trading has occurred
    before,
    it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed.
    At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    allowing full visibility but no further trading.
    
    
    The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. An email notification is also sent immediately.
    
    
    News & Weekend Holding
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of total profits.
    If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the
    best
    day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until requested. The request can be submitted
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Commission & Leverage
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as
    long
    as the account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 87fbc4aab0592d191677e5911c36cc0f0dc257296408b6bb9373bf244461ad52

  6. Version 189/30/2026, 4:21:28 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes
    with the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed
    on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** differs by account sizes
    
    
      - $50K and below: **20% off**
      - For $100K: **15% off**
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 12% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 8% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard
    once the account qualifies.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a
    Master Account is offered. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules.
    Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure
    with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    3% or 5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on
    the configuration you purchased) of the higher value
    between the opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both balance and equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more
    than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline
    at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    The account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after the last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    Trades can be held and managed during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Trades can be held during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to
    **trades opened**
    **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    the window runs from
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    .
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened or closed
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** restricted
    affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed
    on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute
    before or 5-minute after
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the restricted
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Overnight & Weekend Holding
    
    **Evaluation**
    
    Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during
    evaluation phases for all instruments on
    2 Step Standard.
    
    
    **Master**
    
    On the Master Account, holding trades overnight and
    over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step
    Pro
    Master
    Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by
    the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**.
    
    Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding
    will not result in an account breach; however, it will not
    count
    as a valid trading day.
    
    
    **Auto-close window for Master Accounts**
    
    Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts are
    closed
    by the system each day within a 15-minute window:
    
    • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45
    – 21:00
    UTC
    
    • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45
    – 22:00 UTC
    
    Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any
    position
    still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight
    and
    weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at
    the
    time of purchase through an
    **Add-on**.
    
    
    **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score**
    
    Profits from these trades will still be added to the account
    balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing
    day
    will be included in the consistency score calculation.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    The **Striking System** applies
    when
    the closed and floating loss on
    one trade idea
    reaches **1% of the Master Account size**.
    
    
    All losses from a single trade idea
    are counted together. A **trade idea**
    can
    be any of the following:
    
    
      - One trade
      - Multiple trades running together on the
         same instrument
         and in the same direction
    
      - Two or more new trades opened within
         10 minutes of
         closing a losing trade
    
    
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset
    between Reward
    cycles.
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. |
    | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). |
    | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Any profit from trade ideas that received
    a warning
    is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power,
    trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account,
    Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning only a small fraction of the trade's
    full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond
    that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers
    always benefit the trade, no matter how large it
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Instruments
    
    41 instruments across 5 asset classes
    
    Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto
    
    EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD
    
    FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2
    
    View full instrument list by category
    
    
    | Category | Instruments |
    | --- | --- |
    | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD |
    | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY |
    | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) |
    | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) |
    | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) |
    | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) |
    
    Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract
    size, and swap rates are available in the trading
    platform.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace
    works, as long as at least
    one
    trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity
    and
    all trading
    rules are followed throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! The new login
    details
    appear
    on the dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, the profit
    target
    must be reached
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 8%
    discount on Phase 1 and 8% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on the dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day the account was created. If trading has occurred
    before,
    it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed.
    At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    allowing full visibility but no further trading.
    
    
    The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. An email notification is also sent immediately.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of total profits.
    If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the
    best
    day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until requested. The request can be submitted
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as
    long
    as the account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 11d975dbd3f861e3aa0d3e063deb24375fb5375feae2e5db20d781a14fcab373

  7. Version 179/29/2026, 4:21:35 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes
    with the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed
    on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 8% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 8% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard
    once the account qualifies.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a
    Master Account is offered. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules.
    Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure
    with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    3% or 5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on
    the configuration you purchased) of the higher value
    between the opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both balance and equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more
    than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline
    at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    The account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after the last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    Trades can be held and managed during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Trades can be held during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to
    **trades opened**
    **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    the window runs from
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    .
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened or closed
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** restricted
    affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed
    on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute
    before or 5-minute after
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the restricted
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Overnight & Weekend Holding
    
    **Evaluation**
    
    Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during
    evaluation phases for all instruments on
    2 Step Standard.
    
    
    **Master**
    
    On the Master Account, holding trades overnight and
    over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step
    Pro
    Master
    Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by
    the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**.
    
    Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding
    will not result in an account breach; however, it will not
    count
    as a valid trading day.
    
    
    **Auto-close window for Master Accounts**
    
    Open positions on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts are closed
    by the system each day within a 15-minute window:
    
    • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45
    – 21:00
    UTC
    
    • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45
    – 22:00 UTC
    
    Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any
    position
    still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight
    and
    weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at
    the
    time of purchase through an
    **Add-on**.
    
    
    **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score**
    
    Profits from these trades will still be added to the account
    balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing
    day
    will be included in the consistency score calculation.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    The **Striking System** applies
    when
    the closed and floating loss on
    one trade idea
    reaches **1% of the Master Account size**.
    
    
    All losses from a single trade idea
    are counted together. A **trade idea**
    can
    be any of the following:
    
    
      - One trade
      - Multiple trades running together on the
         same instrument
         and in the same direction
    
      - Two or more new trades opened within
         10 minutes of
         closing a losing trade
    
    
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset
    between Reward
    cycles.
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. |
    | **2nd** | The reward split drops by<br> half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). |
    | **3rd** | The reward split drops to<br> 20%. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power,
    trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account,
    Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning only a small fraction of the trade's
    full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond
    that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers
    always benefit the trade, no matter how large it
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Instruments
    
    41 instruments across 5 asset classes
    
    Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto
    
    EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD
    
    FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2
    
    View full instrument list by category
    
    
    | Category | Instruments |
    | --- | --- |
    | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD |
    | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY |
    | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) |
    | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) |
    | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) |
    | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) |
    
    Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract
    size, and swap rates are available in the trading
    platform.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace
    works, as long as at least
    one
    trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity
    and
    all trading
    rules are followed throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! The new login
    details
    appear
    on the dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, the profit
    target
    must be reached
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 8%
    discount on Phase 1 and 8% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on the dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day the account was created. If trading has occurred
    before,
    it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed.
    At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    allowing full visibility but no further trading.
    
    
    The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. An email notification is also sent immediately.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of total profits.
    If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the
    best
    day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until requested. The request can be submitted
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as
    long
    as the account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 60f5b55809d2ba3444627bf4067b2f6f517f166b1eb6c6765701c7de0befd820

  8. Version 169/28/2026, 4:21:43 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes
    with the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed
    on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass. No minimum trading days when the 3% daily
    loss add-on is selected.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 8% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 8% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard
    once the account qualifies.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a
    Master Account is offered. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules.
    Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure
    with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    3% or 5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit 3% or 5%** (based on
    the configuration you purchased) of the higher value
    between the opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both balance and equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more
    than **Daily Loss Limit** of that baseline
    at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    The account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after the last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    Trades can be held and managed during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Trades can be held during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to
    **trades opened**
    **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    the window runs from
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    .
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened or closed
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** restricted
    affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed
    on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute
    before or 5-minute after
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the restricted
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Overnight & Weekend Holding
    
    **Evaluation**
    
    Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during
    evaluation phases for all instruments on
    2 Step Pro.
    
    
    **Master**
    
    On the Master Account, holding trades overnight and
    over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step
    Pro
    Master
    Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by
    the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**.
    
    Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding
    will not result in an account breach; however, it will not
    count
    as a valid trading day.
    
    
    **Auto-close window for Master Accounts**
    
    Open positions on 2 Step pro Master Accounts are closed
    by the system each day within a 15-minute window:
    
    • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45
    – 21:00
    UTC
    
    • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45
    – 22:00 UTC
    
    Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any
    position
    still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight
    and
    weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at
    the
    time of purchase through an
    **Add-on**.
    
    
    **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score**
    
    Profits from these trades will still be added to the account
    balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing
    day
    will be included in the consistency score calculation.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power,
    trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap Free accounts |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account,
    Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning only a small fraction of the trade's
    full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond
    that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers
    always benefit the trade, no matter how large it
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Instruments
    
    41 instruments across 5 asset classes
    
    Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto
    
    EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD
    
    FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2
    
    View full instrument list by category
    
    
    | Category | Instruments |
    | --- | --- |
    | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD |
    | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY |
    | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) |
    | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) |
    | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) |
    | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) |
    
    Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract
    size, and swap rates are available in the trading
    platform.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace
    works, as long as at least
    one
    trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity
    and
    all trading
    rules are followed throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! The new login
    details
    appear
    on the dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, the profit
    target
    must be reached
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 8%
    discount on Phase 1 and 8% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on the dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day the account was created. If trading has occurred
    before,
    it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed.
    At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    allowing full visibility but no further trading.
    
    
    The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. An email notification is also sent immediately.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of total profits.
    If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the
    best
    day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until requested. The request can be submitted
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as
    long
    as the account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 4b83da22195b971a5caacc400db1888d6f62184987e0a598441a96668d9f6ea2

  9. Version 159/25/2026, 4:21:00 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that reaching the Master level comes
    with the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard
    once the account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    will require
    **4 minimum profitable days** before
    each reward can be requested.
    This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target,
    in profit, or in drawdown.
    
    
    How does the Profit Concentration Policy work?
    
    
    1
    
    The trigger
    
    During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea
    accounts for
    more than **60% of the profit target**,
    the
    policy is triggered. This applies even if the account
    has not
    yet reached the full profit target.
    
    
    **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K**
    **account)**
    the profit target is $2,000, so
    60% of the
    target is **$1,200**.
    
    
    Account in profit $26,500
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is
    triggered because that single trade idea
    contributed
    more
    than $1,200.
    
    
    Account in drawdown $24,900
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is also
    triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of
    the
    $1,200
    profit target, even if the account balance
    is below its initial account size.
    
    
    - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each
    phase
    is
    evaluated independently.
    
    
    Triggering the policy
    **does not fail the Evaluation**.
    It only adds an additional reward requirement
    once the
    Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained,
    and a reward is requested.
    
    
    2
    
    The requirement
    
    When the policy is triggered, the Master Account
    created
    after
    passing that evaluation requires a minimum of
    **4**
    **profitable days**
    before each reward can be
    requested.
    
    
    - **A profitable day** is a trading
    day
    where net
    realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's
    initial
    balance on the Master Account.
    
    - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    - The profitable-day requirement applies even if
    the
    Master
    Account is in drawdown, as long as the required
    daily
    profit
    threshold is met.
    
    - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests
    are
    available as normal.
    
    
    Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500)
    
    If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown,
    but the day
    closes with $600 in net realized profit, that
    day
    qualifies
    as one profitable day. The account does not need
    to recover
    the drawdown before the day can count.
    
    
    3
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    One trade, multiple trades running together on the
    same
    instrument and in the same direction, or any new
    trade
    opened
    within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered
    a
    single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from
    a single
    trade idea are counted together.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If currently in Phase 1 and passing after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a
    Master Account is offered. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules.
    Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure
    with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach.
    **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between the opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both balance and equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on the
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    The biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for the account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    The account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after the last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    The **Striking System** applies
    when
    the closed and floating loss on
    one trade idea
    reaches **1.2% of the Master Account size**.
    **This applies only to Master Accounts above $25K with an 8% profit target.**
    
    All losses from a single trade idea
    are counted together. A **trade idea** can
    be any of the following:
    
    
    - One trade
    - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument
    and in the same direction
    
    - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade
    
    
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward
    cycles.
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. |
    | **2nd** | The reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). |
    | **3rd** | The reward split drops to 20%. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Profit deduction
    
    Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning
    is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    Trades can be held and managed during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Trades can be held during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to
    **trades opened**
    **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    the window runs from
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    .
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened or closed
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** restricted
    affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed
    on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute
    before or 5-minute after
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the restricted
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend
    
    Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026
    
    
    - Holding trades over the weekend exposes the account to
    gap risk when markets reopen on Monday.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during
    **evaluation phases** for all instruments on
    2 Step Standard. Opening and Closing trades during the weekend
    is not allowed for both Evaluation and Master phase.
    
    
    On the **Master Account**, a temporary change
    is in effect:
    holding trades over the weekend is currently
    **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master
    Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by
    the system over the weekend. This will not result in an account
    breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day.
    
    
    Profits from these trades will still be added to the account
    balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing
    day will be included in the consistency score calculation.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power,
    trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account,
    Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning only a small fraction of the trade's
    full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond
    that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers
    always benefit the trade, no matter how large it
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Instruments
    
    41 instruments across 5 asset classes
    
    Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto
    
    EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD
    
    FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2
    
    View full instrument list by category
    
    
    | Category | Instruments |
    | --- | --- |
    | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD |
    | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY |
    | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) |
    | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) |
    | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) |
    | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) |
    
    Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract
    size, and swap rates are available in the trading
    platform.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace
    works, as long as at least
    one
    trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity
    and
    all trading
    rules are followed throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! The new login
    details
    appear
    on the dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, the profit
    target
    must be reached
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If a Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on the dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If no trades have been placed yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day the account was created. If trading has occurred
    before,
    it starts the day after the last trade was fully closed.
    At least one trade must be completed within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on the
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of the
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward the reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from the account and
    will
    not be counted toward the reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    allowing full visibility but no further trading.
    
    
    The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. An email notification is also sent immediately.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of total profits.
    If the best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below the
    best
    day so far. As total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until requested. The request can be submitted
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    the account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    A max of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as
    long
    as the account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. 4 of these days are required before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If the evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    The evaluation still passes normally. The only consequence
    is that
    the
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 63d673156387bf1be9024aaec3a81ad90e44645362a00a9a4fa5bff25362e2f2

  10. Version 149/18/2026, 4:02:21 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    will require
    **4 minimum profitable days** before
    each reward can be requested.
    This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target,
    in profit, or in drawdown.
    
    
    How does the Profit Concentration Policy work?
    
    
    1
    
    The trigger
    
    During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea
    accounts for
    more than **60% of the profit target**,
    the
    policy is triggered. This applies even if the account
    has not
    yet reached the full profit target.
    
    
    **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K**
    **account)**
    the profit target is $2,000, so
    60% of the
    target is **$1,200**.
    
    
    Account in profit $26,500
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is
    triggered because that single trade idea
    contributed
    more
    than $1,200.
    
    
    Account in drawdown $24,900
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is also
    triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of
    the
    $1,200
    profit target, even if the account balance
    is below its initial account size.
    
    
    - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each
    phase
    is
    evaluated independently.
    
    
    Triggering the policy
    **does not fail the Evaluation**.
    It only adds an additional reward requirement
    once the
    Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained,
    and a reward is requested.
    
    
    2
    
    The requirement
    
    When the policy is triggered, the Master Account
    created
    after
    passing that evaluation requires a minimum of
    **4**
    **profitable days**
    before each reward can be
    requested.
    
    
    - **A profitable day** is a trading
    day
    where net
    realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's
    initial
    balance on the Master Account.
    
    - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    - The profitable-day requirement applies even if
    the
    Master
    Account is in drawdown, as long as the required
    daily
    profit
    threshold is met.
    
    - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests
    are
    available as normal.
    
    
    Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500)
    
    If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown,
    but the day
    closes with $600 in net realized profit, that
    day
    qualifies
    as one profitable day. The account does not need
    to recover
    the drawdown before the day can count.
    
    
    3
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    One trade, multiple trades running together on the
    same
    instrument and in the same direction, or any new
    trade
    opened
    within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered
    a
    single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from
    a single
    trade idea are counted together.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach.
    **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles.
    **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on your account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    You can hold and manage trades during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to
    **trades opened**
    **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    the window runs from
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    .
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened or closed
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** restricted
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute
    before or 5-minute after
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the restricted
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend
    
    Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026
    
    
    - Holding trades over the weekend exposes your account to
    gap risk when markets reopen on Monday.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during
    **evaluation phases** for all instruments on
    2 Step Standard. Opening and Closing trades during the weekend
    is not allowed for both Evaluation and Master phase.
    
    
    On the **Master Account**, a temporary change
    is in effect:
    holding trades over the weekend is currently
    **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master
    Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by
    the system over the weekend. This will not result in an account
    breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day.
    
    
    Profits from these trades will still be added to the account
    balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing
    day will be included in the consistency score calculation.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 7e074986ea2a26735ebf923a756d0068c1d4e8812f8a2e72dce66a501d254aa0

  11. Version 139/17/2026, 4:04:33 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    will require
    **4 minimum profitable days** before
    each reward can be requested.
    This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target,
    in profit, or in drawdown.
    
    
    How does the Profit Concentration Policy work?
    
    
    1
    
    The trigger
    
    During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea
    accounts for
    more than **60% of the profit target**,
    the
    policy is triggered. This applies even if the account
    has not
    yet reached the full profit target.
    
    
    **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K**
    **account)**
    the profit target is $2,000, so
    60% of the
    target is **$1,200**.
    
    
    Account in profit $26,500
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is
    triggered because that single trade idea
    contributed
    more
    than $1,200.
    
    
    Account in drawdown $24,900
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is also
    triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of
    the
    $1,200
    profit target, even if the account balance
    is below its initial account size.
    
    
    - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each
    phase
    is
    evaluated independently.
    
    
    Triggering the policy
    **does not fail the Evaluation**.
    It only adds an additional reward requirement
    once the
    Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained,
    and a reward is requested.
    
    
    2
    
    The requirement
    
    When the policy is triggered, the Master Account
    created
    after
    passing that evaluation requires a minimum of
    **4**
    **profitable days**
    before each reward can be
    requested.
    
    
    - **A profitable day** is a trading
    day
    where net
    realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's
    initial
    balance on the Master Account.
    
    - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    - The profitable-day requirement applies even if
    the
    Master
    Account is in drawdown, as long as the required
    daily
    profit
    threshold is met.
    
    - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests
    are
    available as normal.
    
    
    Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500)
    
    If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown,
    but the day
    closes with $600 in net realized profit, that
    day
    qualifies
    as one profitable day. The account does not need
    to recover
    the drawdown before the day can count.
    
    
    3
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    One trade, multiple trades running together on the
    same
    instrument and in the same direction, or any new
    trade
    opened
    within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered
    a
    single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from
    a single
    trade idea are counted together.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach.
    **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles.
    **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on your account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    You can hold and manage trades during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to
    **trades opened**
    **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    the window runs from
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    .
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened or closed
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** restricted
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 5-minute
    before or 5-minute after
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the restricted
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the restricted
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend
    
    Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026
    
    
    - Holding trades over the weekend exposes your account to
    gap risk when markets reopen on Monday.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during
    **evaluation phases** for all instruments on
    2 Step Standard. Opening and Closing trades during the weekend
    is not allowed for both Evaluation and Master phase.
    
    
    On the **Master Account**, a temporary change
    is in effect:
    holding trades over the weekend is currently
    **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master
    Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system over the weekend. This will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day.
    
    
    Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 c1675855863433b0d1d661e9462e6b3fe70224a61b5c5e800f07445148af9b69

  12. Version 129/12/2026, 4:01:14 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute
    window restriction.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    will require
    **4 minimum profitable days** before
    each reward can be requested.
    This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target,
    in profit, or in drawdown.
    
    
    How does the Profit Concentration Policy work?
    
    
    1
    
    The trigger
    
    During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea
    accounts for
    more than **60% of the phase's profit target**,
    the
    policy is triggered. This applies even if the account
    has not
    yet reached the full profit target.
    
    
    **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K**
    **account)**
    the profit target is $2,000, so
    60% of the
    target is **$1,200**.
    
    
    Account in profit $26,500
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is
    triggered because that single trade idea
    contributed
    more
    than $1,200.
    
    
    Account in drawdown $24,900
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is also
    triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of
    the
    $2,000
    profit target, even though the account is
    still
    below the
    profit target.
    
    
    - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each
    phase
    is
    evaluated independently.
    
    
    Triggering the policy
    **does not fail the Evaluation**.
    It only adds an additional reward requirement
    once the
    Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained,
    and a reward is requested.
    
    
    2
    
    The requirement
    
    When the policy is triggered, the Master Account
    created
    after
    passing that evaluation requires a minimum of
    **4**
    **profitable days**
    before each reward can be
    requested.
    
    
    - **A profitable day** is a trading
    day
    where net
    realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's
    initial
    balance on the Master Account.
    
    - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    - The profitable-day requirement applies even if
    the
    Master
    Account is in drawdown, as long as the required
    daily
    profit
    threshold is met.
    
    - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests
    are
    available as normal.
    
    
    Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500)
    
    If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown,
    but the day
    closes with $600 in net realized profit, that
    day
    qualifies
    as one profitable day. The account does not need
    to recover
    the drawdown before the day can count.
    
    
    3
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    One trade, multiple trades running together on the
    same
    instrument and in the same direction, or any new
    trade
    opened
    within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered
    a
    single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from
    a single
    trade idea are counted together.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach.
    **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles.
    **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on your account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    You can hold and manage trades during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened**
    **or closed near high-impact news and speeches events**.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    the window runs from
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    .
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened or closed
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** if news
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend
    
    Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026
    
    
    - Holding trades over the weekend exposes your account to
    gap risk when markets reopen on Monday.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during
    **evaluation phases** for all instruments on
    1 Step Flex, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Flex, and 2 Step Pro
    accounts.
    
    
    On the **Master Account**, a temporary change
    is in effect:
    holding trades over the weekend is currently
    **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master
    Accounts. Any open trades will be automatically closed
    by the system over the weekend. This will not result
    in an account breach.
    
    
    Profits from trades held over the weekend and
    automatically closed by the system will be added to
    the account balance. The biggest winning day and
    biggest losing day will be counted as the basis for
    calculating the consistency score. However, these
    profits will not count as a valid trading day.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**.
    Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades
    will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach.
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    Temporary Change Active
    
    A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been
    implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain
    in
    effect until further notice.
    
    
    Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all
    Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the
    market closes on Friday.
    
    
    Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system.
    This is not a hard breach.
    
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 cac6179891193573e6cbf3dad4a9fcdab5b52e20319e6d6df35d1eeece5c42bf

  13. Version 119/11/2026, 4:01:14 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute
    window restriction.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    will require
    **4 minimum profitable days** before
    each reward can be requested.
    This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target,
    in profit, or in drawdown.
    
    
    How does the Profit Concentration Policy work?
    
    
    1
    
    The trigger
    
    During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea
    accounts for
    more than **60% of the phase's profit target**,
    the
    policy is triggered. This applies even if the account
    has not
    yet reached the full profit target.
    
    
    **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K**
    **account)**
    the profit target is $2,000, so
    60% of the
    target is **$1,200**.
    
    
    Account in profit $26,500
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is
    triggered because that single trade idea
    contributed
    more
    than $1,200.
    
    
    Account in drawdown $24,900
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is also
    triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of
    the
    $2,000
    profit target, even though the account is
    still
    below the
    profit target.
    
    
    - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each
    phase
    is
    evaluated independently.
    
    
    Triggering the policy
    **does not fail the Evaluation**.
    It only adds an additional reward requirement
    once the
    Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained,
    and a reward is requested.
    
    
    2
    
    The requirement
    
    When the policy is triggered, the Master Account
    created
    after
    passing that evaluation requires a minimum of
    **4**
    **profitable days**
    before each reward can be
    requested.
    
    
    - **A profitable day** is a trading
    day
    where net
    realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's
    initial
    balance on the Master Account.
    
    - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    - The profitable-day requirement applies even if
    the
    Master
    Account is in drawdown, as long as the required
    daily
    profit
    threshold is met.
    
    - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests
    are
    available as normal.
    
    
    Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500)
    
    If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown,
    but the day
    closes with $600 in net realized profit, that
    day
    qualifies
    as one profitable day. The account does not need
    to recover
    the drawdown before the day can count.
    
    
    3
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    One trade, multiple trades running together on the
    same
    instrument and in the same direction, or any new
    trade
    opened
    within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered
    a
    single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from
    a single
    trade idea are counted together.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach.
    **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles.
    **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    ## News & Speeches Trading
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on your account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    You can hold and manage trades during the news events.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened
    or closed near high-impact news and speeches events.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    you cannot open or close positions
    within
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    on the affected currencies.
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened, closed, or held
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** if news
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will count if closed within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news or speeches:**
    profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend
    
    Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026
    
    
    - Holding trades over the weekend exposes your account to
    gap risk when markets reopen on Monday.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during
    **evaluation phases** for all instruments on
    1 Step Flex, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Flex, and 2 Step Pro
    accounts.
    
    
    On the **Master Account**, a temporary change
    is in effect:
    holding trades over the weekend is currently
    **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master
    Accounts. Any open trades will be automatically closed
    by the system over the weekend. This will not result
    in an account breach.
    
    
    Profits from trades held over the weekend and
    automatically closed by the system will be added to
    the account balance. The biggest winning day and
    biggest losing day will be counted as the basis for
    calculating the consistency score. However, these
    profits will not count as a valid trading day.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**.
    Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades
    will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach.
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    Temporary Change Active
    
    A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been
    implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain
    in
    effect until further notice.
    
    
    Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all
    Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the
    market closes on Friday.
    
    
    Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system.
    This is not a hard breach.
    
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 88939a1ae55b1cedef0354556adccef8a1cf59d17bb9e6a0ff93768f00d8f3e4

  14. Version 109/10/2026, 4:01:36 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute
    window restriction.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    will require
    **4 minimum profitable days** before
    each reward can be requested.
    This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target,
    in profit, or in drawdown.
    
    
    How does the Profit Concentration Policy work?
    
    
    1
    
    The trigger
    
    During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea
    accounts for
    more than **60% of the phase's profit target**,
    the
    policy is triggered. This applies even if the account
    has not
    yet reached the full profit target.
    
    
    **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K**
    **account)**
    the profit target is $2,000, so
    60% of the
    target is **$1,200**.
    
    
    Account in profit $26,500
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is
    triggered because that single trade idea
    contributed
    more
    than $1,200.
    
    
    Account in drawdown $24,900
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is also
    triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of
    the
    $2,000
    profit target, even though the account is
    still
    below the
    profit target.
    
    
    - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each
    phase
    is
    evaluated independently.
    
    
    Triggering the policy
    **does not fail the Evaluation**.
    It only adds an additional reward requirement
    once the
    Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained,
    and a reward is requested.
    
    
    2
    
    The requirement
    
    When the policy is triggered, the Master Account
    created
    after
    passing that evaluation requires a minimum of
    **4**
    **profitable days**
    before each reward can be
    requested.
    
    
    - **A profitable day** is a trading
    day
    where net
    realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's
    initial
    balance on the Master Account.
    
    - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    - The profitable-day requirement applies even if
    the
    Master
    Account is in drawdown, as long as the required
    daily
    profit
    threshold is met.
    
    - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests
    are
    available as normal.
    
    
    Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500)
    
    If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown,
    but the day
    closes with $600 in net realized profit, that
    day
    qualifies
    as one profitable day. The account does not need
    to recover
    the drawdown before the day can count.
    
    
    3
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    One trade, multiple trades running together on the
    same
    instrument and in the same direction, or any new
    trade
    opened
    within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered
    a
    single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from
    a single
    trade idea are counted together.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach.
    **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles.
    **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    ## News Trading & Weekend Holds
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on your account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    You can hold and manage trades during the news events.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases
    with no restrictions.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed
    
    A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over
    the weekend is currently **not allowed**
    on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades
    are closed before market close on Friday. Any open
    trades will be automatically closed by the system;
    this is not a hard breach.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened
    or closed near high-impact news and speeches events.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The restricted window
    
    Restricted
    **News**;
    you cannot open or close positions
    within
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    **high-impact news**
    on the affected currencies.
    
    Restricted
    **Speeches**;
    the window
    spans from
    **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10**
    **minutes after**
    it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits made from trades opened, closed, or held
    within the restricted window around any high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currency may be
    deducted.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** if news
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will count if closed within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased
    **on or after**
    **15 August 2026**.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**.
    Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades
    will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach.
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    Temporary Change Active
    
    A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been
    implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain
    in
    effect until further notice.
    
    
    Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all
    Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the
    market closes on Friday.
    
    
    Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system.
    This is not a hard breach.
    
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 cbbea9775383dc04e0ff0e200d003abcd4fe9aa95057e25f17c8f0648acad32f

  15. Version 99/1/2026, 4:11:40 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute
    window restriction.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    will require
    **4 minimum profitable days** before
    each reward can be requested.
    This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target,
    in profit, or in drawdown.
    
    
    How does the Profit Concentration Policy work?
    
    
    1
    
    The trigger
    
    During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea
    accounts for
    more than **60% of the phase's profit target**,
    the
    policy is triggered. This applies even if the account
    has not
    yet reached the full profit target.
    
    
    **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K**
    **account)**
    the profit target is $2,000, so
    60% of the
    target is **$1,200**.
    
    
    Account in profit $26,500
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is
    triggered because that single trade idea
    contributed
    more
    than $1,200.
    
    
    Account in drawdown $24,900
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is also
    triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of
    the
    $2,000
    profit target, even though the account is
    still
    below the
    profit target.
    
    
    - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each
    phase
    is
    evaluated independently.
    
    
    Triggering the policy
    **does not fail the Evaluation**.
    It only adds an additional reward requirement
    once the
    Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained,
    and a reward is requested.
    
    
    2
    
    The requirement
    
    When the policy is triggered, the Master Account
    created
    after
    passing that evaluation requires a minimum of
    **4**
    **profitable days**
    before each reward can be
    requested.
    
    
    - **A profitable day** is a trading
    day
    where net
    realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's
    initial
    balance on the Master Account.
    
    - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    - The profitable-day requirement applies even if
    the
    Master
    Account is in drawdown, as long as the required
    daily
    profit
    threshold is met.
    
    - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests
    are
    available as normal.
    
    
    Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500)
    
    If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown,
    but the day
    closes with $600 in net realized profit, that
    day
    qualifies
    as one profitable day. The account does not need
    to recover
    the drawdown before the day can count.
    
    
    3
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    One trade, multiple trades running together on the
    same
    instrument and in the same direction, or any new
    trade
    opened
    within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered
    a
    single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from
    a single
    trade idea are counted together.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach.
    **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles.
    **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    ## News Trading & Weekend Holds
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on your account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    You can hold and manage trades during the news events.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases
    with no restrictions.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed
    
    A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over
    the weekend is currently **not allowed**
    on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades
    are closed before market close on Friday. Any open
    trades will be automatically closed by the system;
    this is not a hard breach.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened
    or closed near high-impact news events.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The 10-minute restricted window
    
    You cannot open or close positions within a
    **10-minute window** surrounding a
    
    Restricted
    
    high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currencies.
    This window spans
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    the event. For high-impact speeches, the window
    spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5
    minutes after it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits from trades made during a
    
    Restricted
    
    high-impact news and speeches may be subject to profit
    deduction.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** if news
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will count if closed within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    Applies to Master Accounts purchased on
    **15 August 2026** onwards.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**.
    Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades
    will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach.
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    Temporary Change Active
    
    A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been
    implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain
    in
    effect until further notice.
    
    
    Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all
    Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the
    market closes on Friday.
    
    
    Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system.
    This is not a hard breach.
    
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kH--8274e73943326023730ddb53a021bcc93e51ee3f)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQg%3D--7a3da69bf289f70ab2f4020820bd547754d3938b)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 c308c45fa10999c62e723814cb0b887aba0077736cc9b292ba26defdd9e5403d

  16. Version 88/28/2026, 3:50:56 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute
    window restriction.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    will require
    **4 minimum profitable days** before
    each reward can be requested.
    This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target,
    in profit, or in drawdown.
    
    
    How does the Profit Concentration Policy work?
    
    
    1
    
    The trigger
    
    During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea
    accounts for
    more than **60% of the phase's profit target**,
    the
    policy is triggered. This applies even if the account
    has not
    yet reached the full profit target.
    
    
    **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K**
    **account)**
    the profit target is $2,000, so
    60% of the
    target is **$1,200**.
    
    
    Account in profit $26,500
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is
    triggered because that single trade idea
    contributed
    more
    than $1,200.
    
    
    Account in drawdown $24,900
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is also
    triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of
    the
    $2,000
    profit target, even though the account is
    still
    below the
    profit target.
    
    
    - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each
    phase
    is
    evaluated independently.
    
    
    Triggering the policy
    **does not fail the Evaluation**.
    It only adds an additional reward requirement
    once the
    Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained,
    and a reward is requested.
    
    
    2
    
    The requirement
    
    When the policy is triggered, the Master Account
    created
    after
    passing that evaluation requires a minimum of
    **4**
    **profitable days**
    before each reward can be
    requested.
    
    
    - **A profitable day** is a trading
    day
    where net
    realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's
    initial
    balance on the Master Account.
    
    - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    - The profitable-day requirement applies even if
    the
    Master
    Account is in drawdown, as long as the required
    daily
    profit
    threshold is met.
    
    - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests
    are
    available as normal.
    
    
    Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500)
    
    If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown,
    but the day
    closes with $600 in net realized profit, that
    day
    qualifies
    as one profitable day. The account does not need
    to recover
    the drawdown before the day can count.
    
    
    3
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    One trade, multiple trades running together on the
    same
    instrument and in the same direction, or any new
    trade
    opened
    within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered
    a
    single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from
    a single
    trade idea are counted together.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach.
    **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles.
    **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    ## News Trading & Weekend Holds
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the News and
    Speeches.
    
    Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific
    restrictions depending on your account phase.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    You can hold and manage trades during the news events.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases
    with no restrictions.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed
    
    A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over
    the weekend is currently **not allowed**
    on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades
    are closed before market close on Friday. Any open
    trades will be automatically closed by the system;
    this is not a hard breach.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened
    or closed near high-impact news events.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The 10-minute restricted window
    
    You cannot open or close positions within a
    **10-minute window** surrounding a
    
    Restricted
    
    high-impact
    news and speeches on the affected currencies.
    This window spans
    **5 minutes before or 5 minutes**
    **after**
    the event. For high-impact speeches, the window
    spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5
    minutes after it concludes.
    
    
    Profit Deduction
    
    Profits from trades made during a
    
    Restricted
    
    high-impact news and speeches may be subject to profit
    deduction.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** if news
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will count if closed within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    Applies to Master Accounts purchased on
    **15 August 2026** onwards.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**.
    Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades
    will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach.
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    Temporary Change Active
    
    A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been
    implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain
    in
    effect until further notice.
    
    
    Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all
    Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the
    market closes on Friday.
    
    
    Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system.
    This is not a hard breach.
    
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 6bf4fe9bfd5b824ca9ce6f73af3bc20afaf68e5efcb3c0bd6f0b28bf926f3bc9

  17. Version 78/27/2026, 4:04:12 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute
    window restriction.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    will require
    **4 minimum profitable days** before
    each reward can be requested.
    This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target,
    in profit, or in drawdown.
    
    
    How does the Profit Concentration Policy work?
    
    
    1
    
    The trigger
    
    During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea
    accounts for
    more than **60% of the phase's profit target**,
    the
    policy is triggered. This applies even if the account
    has not
    yet reached the full profit target.
    
    
    **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K**
    **account)**
    the profit target is $2,000, so
    60% of the
    target is **$1,200**.
    
    
    Account in profit $26,500
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is
    triggered because that single trade idea
    contributed
    more
    than $1,200.
    
    
    Account in drawdown $24,900
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is also
    triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of
    the
    $2,000
    profit target, even though the account is
    still
    below the
    profit target.
    
    
    - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each
    phase
    is
    evaluated independently.
    
    
    Triggering the policy
    **does not fail the Evaluation**.
    It only adds an additional reward requirement
    once the
    Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained,
    and a reward is requested.
    
    
    2
    
    The requirement
    
    When the policy is triggered, the Master Account
    created
    after
    passing that evaluation requires a minimum of
    **4**
    **profitable days**
    before each reward can be
    requested.
    
    
    - **A profitable day** is a trading
    day
    where net
    realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's
    initial
    balance on the Master Account.
    
    - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    - The profitable-day requirement applies even if
    the
    Master
    Account is in drawdown, as long as the required
    daily
    profit
    threshold is met.
    
    - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests
    are
    available as normal.
    
    
    Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500)
    
    If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown,
    but the day
    closes with $600 in net realized profit, that
    day
    qualifies
    as one profitable day. The account does not need
    to recover
    the drawdown before the day can count.
    
    
    3
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    One trade, multiple trades running together on the
    same
    instrument and in the same direction, or any new
    trade
    opened
    within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered
    a
    single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from
    a single
    trade idea are counted together.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach.
    **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles.
    **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    ## News Trading & Weekend Holds
    
    We use the
    **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source, which features the High-impact News,
    Speeches and Significant Unscheduled Market Event (SUME).
    
    
    Evaluation Phase
    
    There are
    **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**.
    You can hold and manage trades during the news events.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases
    with no restrictions.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Soft Breach
    
    These rules do not result in account closure, but affected
    profits
    will be deducted.
    
    
    Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed
    
    A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over
    the weekend is currently **not allowed**
    on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades
    are closed before market close on Friday. Any open
    trades will be automatically closed by the system;
    this is not a hard breach.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened
    or closed near high-impact news events.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The 10-minute restricted window
    
    You cannot open or close positions within a
    **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact
    news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies.
    This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes
    after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window
    spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5
    minutes after it concludes.
    
    
    Profits from trades made during a Significant Unscheduled
    Market Event (SUME), that cause extreme volatility,
    abnormal price movements, liquidity issues, widening
    spreads, or price gaps, may be subject to
    **profit deduction.**
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** if news
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will count if closed within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and
    master phase is prohibited and will lead to account
    closure.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets
    after each successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    Applies to Master Accounts purchased on
    **15 August 2026** onwards.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**.
    Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades
    will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach.
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    Temporary Change Active
    
    A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been
    implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain
    in
    effect until further notice.
    
    
    Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all
    Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the
    market closes on Friday.
    
    
    Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system.
    This is not a hard breach.
    
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 f8cae9faa3e2ea7b82368727f48ecc14dbec83ad38d14f34c2825bec1709205e

  18. Version 68/26/2026, 3:51:24 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute
    window restriction.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - The **reward cycle** can be selected once
    the evaluation account reaches the Master Account.
    
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    will require
    **4 minimum profitable days** before
    each reward can be requested.
    This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target,
    in profit, or in drawdown.
    
    
    How does the Profit Concentration Policy work?
    
    
    1
    
    The trigger
    
    During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea
    accounts for
    more than **60% of the phase's profit target**,
    the
    policy is triggered. This applies even if the account
    has not
    yet reached the full profit target.
    
    
    **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K**
    **account)**
    the profit target is $2,000, so
    60% of the
    target is **$1,200**.
    
    
    Account in profit $26,500
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is
    triggered because that single trade idea
    contributed
    more
    than $1,200.
    
    
    Account in drawdown $24,900
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is also
    triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of
    the
    $2,000
    profit target, even though the account is
    still
    below the
    profit target.
    
    
    - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each
    phase
    is
    evaluated independently.
    
    
    Triggering the policy
    **does not fail the Evaluation**.
    It only adds an additional reward requirement
    once the
    Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained,
    and a reward is requested.
    
    
    2
    
    The requirement
    
    When the policy is triggered, the Master Account
    created
    after
    passing that evaluation requires a minimum of
    **4**
    **profitable days**
    before each reward can be
    requested.
    
    
    - **A profitable day** is a trading
    day
    where net
    realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's
    initial
    balance on the Master Account.
    
    - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    - The profitable-day requirement applies even if
    the
    Master
    Account is in drawdown, as long as the required
    daily
    profit
    threshold is met.
    
    - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests
    are
    available as normal.
    
    
    Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500)
    
    If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown,
    but the day
    closes with $600 in net realized profit, that
    day
    qualifies
    as one profitable day. The account does not need
    to recover
    the drawdown before the day can count.
    
    
    3
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    One trade, multiple trades running together on the
    same
    instrument and in the same direction, or any new
    trade
    opened
    within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered
    a
    single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from
    a single
    trade idea are counted together.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach.
    **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles.
    **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach
    
    Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result
    in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits
    depending on the violated rule.
    
    
    ## News Trading & Weekend Holds
    
    Soft Breach: Profits Removed
    
    We use the
    **Economic calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source.
    High-impact events and speeches, including **Trump speeches and tweets**.
    
    
    Evaluation Stage
    
    There are **no restrictions** on holding
    trades during news events during either evaluation phase.
    You are free to manage your trades as you see fit.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead
    to account closure.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases
    with no restrictions.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed
    
    A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over
    the weekend is currently **not allowed**
    on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades
    are closed
    before market close on Friday. Any open trades will
    be automatically closed by the system; this is not
    a hard breach.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened
    or closed near high-impact news events.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The 10-minute restricted window
    
    You cannot open or close positions within a
    **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact
    news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies.
    This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes
    after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window
    spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5
    minutes after it concludes.
    
    
    Profits from trades opened or closed within this
    window will not be counted on the Master Account.
    The full profit of the affected trade is deducted,
    not just the portion earned during the window.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** if news
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will count if closed within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets
    after each successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    Applies to Master Accounts purchased on
    **15 August 2026** onwards.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**.
    Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades
    will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach.
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    Temporary Change Active
    
    A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been
    implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain
    in
    effect until further notice.
    
    
    Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all
    Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the
    market closes on Friday.
    
    
    Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system.
    This is not a hard breach.
    
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 56f40e82d9328dc4ac036fb4101bcb26c381a922e7e517924241b11b3e309c3e

  19. Version 58/25/2026, 3:43:29 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute
    window restriction.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **reward cycle**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    will require
    **4 minimum profitable days** before
    each reward can be requested.
    This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target,
    in profit, or in drawdown.
    
    
    How does the Profit Concentration Policy work?
    
    
    1
    
    The trigger
    
    During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea
    accounts for
    more than **60% of the phase's profit target**,
    the
    policy is triggered. This applies even if the account
    has not
    yet reached the full profit target.
    
    
    **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K**
    **account)**
    the profit target is $2,000, so
    60% of the
    target is **$1,200**.
    
    
    Account in profit $26,500
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is
    triggered because that single trade idea
    contributed
    more
    than $1,200.
    
    
    Account in drawdown $24,900
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is also
    triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of
    the
    $2,000
    profit target, even though the account is
    still
    below the
    profit target.
    
    
    - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each
    phase
    is
    evaluated independently.
    
    
    Triggering the policy
    **does not fail the Evaluation**.
    It only adds an additional reward requirement
    once the
    Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained,
    and a reward is requested.
    
    
    2
    
    The requirement
    
    When the policy is triggered, the Master Account
    created
    after
    passing that evaluation requires a minimum of
    **4**
    **profitable days**
    before each reward can be
    requested.
    
    
    - **A profitable day** is a trading
    day
    where net
    realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's
    initial
    balance on the Master Account.
    
    - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    - The profitable-day requirement applies even if
    the
    Master
    Account is in drawdown, as long as the required
    daily
    profit
    threshold is met.
    
    - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests
    are
    available as normal.
    
    
    Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500)
    
    If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown,
    but the day
    closes with $600 in net realized profit, that
    day
    qualifies
    as one profitable day. The account does not need
    to recover
    the drawdown before the day can count.
    
    
    3
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    One trade, multiple trades running together on the
    same
    instrument and in the same direction, or any new
    trade
    opened
    within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered
    a
    single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from
    a single
    trade idea are counted together.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach.
    **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles.
    **Applies to Master Accounts size above $25K, with a profit target of 8% only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach
    
    Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result
    in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits
    depending on the violated rule.
    
    
    ## News Trading & Weekend Holds
    
    Soft Breach: Profits Removed
    
    We use the
    **Economic calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source.
    High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red.
    
    
    Evaluation Stage
    
    There are **no restrictions** on holding
    trades during news events during either evaluation phase.
    You are free to manage your trades as you see fit.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead
    to account closure.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases
    with no restrictions.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed
    
    A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over
    the weekend is currently **not allowed**
    on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades
    are closed
    before market close on Friday. Any open trades will
    be automatically closed by the system; this is not
    a hard breach.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened
    or closed near high-impact news events.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The 10-minute restricted window
    
    You cannot open or close positions within a
    **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact
    news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies.
    This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes
    after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window
    spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5
    minutes after it concludes.
    
    
    Profits from trades opened or closed within this
    window will not be counted on the Master Account.
    The full profit of the affected trade is deducted,
    not just the portion earned during the window.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** if news
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will count if closed within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets
    after each successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    Applies to Master Accounts purchased on
    **15 August 2026** onwards.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**.
    Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades
    will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach.
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    Temporary Change Active
    
    A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been
    implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain
    in
    effect until further notice.
    
    
    Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all
    Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the
    market closes on Friday.
    
    
    Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system.
    This is not a hard breach.
    
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 e5eff15afe590e9fa9d7595a82232fcaa903758654cef06f6f30d084316ac10a

  20. Version 48/22/2026, 5:21:06 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute
    window restriction.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **reward cycle**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    will require
    **4 minimum profitable days** before
    each reward can be requested.
    This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target,
    in profit, or in drawdown.
    
    
    How does the Profit Concentration Policy work?
    
    
    1
    
    The trigger
    
    During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea
    accounts for
    more than **60% of the phase's profit target**,
    the
    policy is triggered. This applies even if the account
    has not
    yet reached the full profit target.
    
    
    **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K**
    **account)**
    the profit target is $2,000, so
    60% of the
    target is **$1,200**.
    
    
    Account in profit $26,500
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is
    triggered because that single trade idea
    contributed
    more
    than $1,200.
    
    
    Account in drawdown $24,900
    
    If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the
    policy
    is also
    triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of
    the
    $2,000
    profit target, even though the account is
    still
    below the
    profit target.
    
    
    - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each
    phase
    is
    evaluated independently.
    
    
    Triggering the policy
    **does not fail the Evaluation**.
    It only adds an additional reward requirement
    once the
    Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained,
    and a reward is requested.
    
    
    2
    
    The requirement
    
    When the policy is triggered, the Master Account
    created
    after
    passing that evaluation requires a minimum of
    **4**
    **profitable days**
    before each reward can be
    requested.
    
    
    - **A profitable day** is a trading
    day
    where net
    realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's
    initial
    balance on the Master Account.
    
    - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    - The profitable-day requirement applies even if
    the
    Master
    Account is in drawdown, as long as the required
    daily
    profit
    threshold is met.
    
    - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests
    are
    available as normal.
    
    
    Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500)
    
    If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown,
    but the day
    closes with $600 in net realized profit, that
    day
    qualifies
    as one profitable day. The account does not need
    to recover
    the drawdown before the day can count.
    
    
    3
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    One trade, multiple trades running together on the
    same
    instrument and in the same direction, or any new
    trade
    opened
    within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered
    a
    single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from
    a single
    trade idea are counted together.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles. **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach
    
    Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result
    in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits
    depending on the violated rule.
    
    
    ## News Trading & Weekend Holds
    
    Soft Breach: Profits Removed
    
    We use the
    **Economic calendar on the FundingPips dashboard**
    as our official news source.
    High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red.
    
    
    Evaluation Stage
    
    There are **no restrictions** on holding
    trades during news events during either evaluation phase.
    You are free to manage your trades as you see fit.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead
    to account closure.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases
    with no restrictions.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed
    
    A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over
    the weekend is currently **not allowed**
    on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades
    are closed
    before market close on Friday. Any open trades will
    be automatically closed by the system; this is not
    a hard breach.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened
    or closed near high-impact news events.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The 10-minute restricted window
    
    You cannot open or close positions within a
    **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact
    news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies.
    This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes
    after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window
    spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5
    minutes after it concludes.
    
    
    Profits from trades opened or closed within this
    window will not be counted on the Master Account.
    The full profit of the affected trade is deducted,
    not just the portion earned during the window.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** if news
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will count if closed within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets
    after each successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    Applies to Master Accounts purchased on
    **15 August 2026** onwards.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**.
    Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades
    will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach.
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    Temporary Change Active
    
    A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been
    implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain
    in
    effect until further notice.
    
    
    Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all
    Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the
    market closes on Friday.
    
    
    Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system.
    This is not a hard breach.
    
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies
    only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly**
    reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 27bd1b2b07eaf199ab86dc39705997e3192f93df08ad7d14e5bb7c4a309584df

  21. Version 38/20/2026, 5:22:50 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute
    window restriction.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **reward cycle**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    **will require**
    **4 minimum profitable days before**
    **each reward can be requested.**
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on
    the same instrument
    in the same direction, including any new position opened
    within 10 minutes of
    closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped
    and assessed together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    Minimum profitable days on the Master Account
    
    If the policy is triggered, your Master Account will require
    4 minimum profitable
    days before you can request a reward. A profitable day is
    a trading day where
    net realized profit is at least
    **0.5% of the account's initial balance**
    on the Master Account. The 4 days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Passing the evaluation is not affected
    
    Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally.
    The policy only affects when you can request your reward
    on the Master Account.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles. **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach
    
    Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result
    in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits
    depending on the violated rule.
    
    
    ## News Trading & Weekend Holds
    
    Soft Breach: Profits Removed
    
    We use **Forex Factory** as our official news source.
    High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red. You can also
    access the calendar directly through your dashboard.
    
    
    Evaluation Stage
    
    There are **no restrictions** on holding
    trades during news events during either evaluation phase.
    You are free to manage your trades as you see fit.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead
    to account closure.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases
    with no restrictions.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed
    
    A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over
    the weekend is currently **not allowed**
    on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades
    are closed
    before market close on Friday. Any open trades will
    be automatically closed by the system; this is not
    a hard breach.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened
    or closed near high-impact news events.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The 10-minute restricted window
    
    You cannot open or close positions within a
    **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact
    news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies.
    This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes
    after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window
    spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5
    minutes after it concludes.
    
    
    Profits from trades opened or closed within this
    window will not be counted on the Master Account.
    The full profit of the affected trade is deducted,
    not just the portion earned during the window.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** if news
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will count if closed within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets
    after each successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    Applies to Master Accounts purchased on
    **15 August 2026** onwards.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split** every
    **30 calendar days** after the first executed
    trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable
    days reset after each
    successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify
    for a reward, each with **0.5% or more**
    
    profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable
    days resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**.
    Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades
    will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach.
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    Temporary Change Active
    
    A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been
    implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain
    in
    effect until further notice.
    
    
    Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all
    Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the
    market closes on Friday.
    
    
    Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system.
    This is not a hard breach.
    
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    For 2 Step Standard, the 35% Consistency Score applies only on the
    **On Demand** and **Monthly** reward cycles. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly and Bi-Weekly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 ce425550b79768c220645c1ba89e5e1376b0429b24468fc58d0d481b86b658c3

  22. Version 28/19/2026, 4:01:55 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute
    window restriction.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **reward cycle**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    **will require**
    **4 minimum profitable days before**
    **each reward can be requested.**
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on
    the same instrument
    in the same direction, including any new position opened
    within 10 minutes of
    closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped
    and assessed together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    Minimum profitable days on the Master Account
    
    If the policy is triggered, your Master Account will require
    4 minimum profitable
    days before you can request a reward. A profitable day is
    a trading day where
    net realized profit is at least
    **0.5% of the account's initial balance**
    on the Master Account. The 4 days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Passing the evaluation is not affected
    
    Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally.
    The policy only affects when you can request your reward
    on the Master Account.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles. **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach
    
    Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result
    in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits
    depending on the violated rule.
    
    
    ## News Trading & Weekend Holds
    
    Soft Breach: Profits Removed
    
    We use **Forex Factory** as our official news source.
    High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red. You can also
    access the calendar directly through your dashboard.
    
    
    Evaluation Stage
    
    There are **no restrictions** on holding
    trades during news events during either evaluation phase.
    You are free to manage your trades as you see fit.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead
    to account closure.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases
    with no restrictions.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed
    
    A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over
    the weekend is currently **not allowed**
    on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades
    are closed
    before market close on Friday. Any open trades will
    be automatically closed by the system; this is not
    a hard breach.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened
    or closed near high-impact news events.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The 10-minute restricted window
    
    You cannot open or close positions within a
    **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact
    news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies.
    This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes
    after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window
    spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5
    minutes after it concludes.
    
    
    Profits from trades opened or closed within this
    window will not be counted on the Master Account.
    The full profit of the affected trade is deducted,
    not just the portion earned during the window.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** if news
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will count if closed within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after the first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after the first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    Request an On Demand Reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once both of the
    following criteria are met:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    Request a Reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    Request a Reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets
    after each successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 15 August 2026
    
    Applies to Master Accounts purchased on
    **15 August 2026** onwards.
    
    
    Request a Reward with a **100% split**
    every **30 calendar days** after the first
    executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets
    after each successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** within the
    current 30-day cycle, each with profit of
    **0.5% or more** of the starting Master
    Account Size.
    
    - The **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as the reward cycle is set to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**.
    Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades
    will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach.
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    Temporary Change Active
    
    A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been
    implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain
    in
    effect until further notice.
    
    
    Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all
    Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the
    market closes on Friday.
    
    
    Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system.
    This is not a hard breach.
    
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    The 35% Consistency Score applies only on the
    **On Demand** reward cycle. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, On Demand reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and Monthly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 139030031a3cac3b5c2c70ee622ed954dc0acc91401d2682b8c45c5a458b4d4a

  23. Version 18/17/2026, 11:44:19 AM
    2 Step Standard Model
    
    Proven consistency. Sustainability. Industry Standard.
    
    Our 2 Step Standard Model is the industry standard and top choice
    for traders
    who believe mastery is built on a foundation of consistency. This
    two-tier evaluation ensures that when you reach the Master level,
    you have the proven track record to stay there.
    
    
    - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (8%) + Phase
    2 (5%).
    
    - **Flexible reward cycles**: Weekly 60%, Bi-Weekly
    80%, Monthly 100%, or On Demand 90%.
    
    - **1:100 Forex leverage**: the highest standard Forex
    leverage available across all models.
    
    - **News trading allowed on Master**: with a 10-minute
    window restriction.
    
    - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions
    
    Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile.
    
    
    Phase 1
    
    - Achieve an **8% profit target** during
    Phase 1.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    
    10% Profit Target: No Longer Offered, effective 24 July 2026
    at 06:00 Server Time (UTC+3).
    
    
    Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance.
    
    
    Phase 2
    
    - Achieve a **5% profit target** during
    Phase 2.
    
    - Complete a minimum of **3 trading days**
    to pass.
    
    - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits.
    
    Account Reset
    
    
    A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached
    due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity
    breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup
    with a discounted reset shown below.
    
    
    - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase
    price
    
    - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase
    price (excluding $100K accounts)
    
    - **Existing 2 Step Standard accounts with a 10% profit target will reset as 2 Step Flex with 85% profit split**
    - A non-USD account resets as a USD account.
    
    - Available only within **7 calendar days**
    of the breach
    
    - Keeps the same **account size**
    - Keeps the same **reward cycle**
    - Keeps the same **trading platform**
    - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1
    
    
    The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard
    once your account qualifies.
    
    
    ## Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations
    to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts
    for more than
    **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase,
    the Master Account
    created after passing
    **will require**
    **4 minimum profitable days before**
    **each reward can be requested.**
    
    What counts as a trade idea
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on
    the same instrument
    in the same direction, including any new position opened
    within 10 minutes of
    closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped
    and assessed together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    Minimum profitable days on the Master Account
    
    If the policy is triggered, your Master Account will require
    4 minimum profitable
    days before you can request a reward. A profitable day is
    a trading day where
    net realized profit is at least
    **0.5% of the account's initial balance**
    on the Master Account. The 4 days do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Passing the evaluation is not affected
    
    Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally.
    The policy only affects when you can request your reward
    on the Master Account.
    
    
    Which accounts are affected
    
    This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts
    at $25,000 and above,
    created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts
    are not affected.
    
    
    - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are
    not subject to this policy.
    
    - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27,
    2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this
    policy.
    
    - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this
    policy does not apply, even after passing.
    
    - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27,
    2026 is subject to this policy.
    
    
    ## The Master Account
    
    Evaluation Complete
    
    Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the
    opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions,
    [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup).
    
    
    Account Violations: Hard Breach
    
    Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules.
    Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure
    of your account with no grace period.
    
    
    ## Hard Breaches
    
    Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure
    
    Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card
    to learn more.
    
    
    Max Loss Limit
    
    10%
    
    Your equity or balance cannot hit 10% below the starting
    account size at any time.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Daily Loss Limit
    
    5%
    
    Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity.
    
    
    How is it calculated? ↓
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea
    
    3% / 2%
    
    **Applies to 10% profit target Master Accounts only.**
    3% at $25K and below $50K,
    2% at $50K and above.
    
    
    How are trade ideas grouped? ↓
    
    Striking System
    
    4 warnings
    
    Master Accounts above $25,000. Each
    warning brings a consequence, from profit deduction to account
    breach. **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Inactivity
    
    30 days
    
    Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive
    days.
    
    
    What counts as activity? ↓
    
    How is the Max Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Max Loss Limit: 10%** of the starting
    account size.
    
    
    This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or
    balance cannot touch this level at any point across all
    phases, including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Worked example
    
    Account size: **$100K**
    
    10% of $100K = $10K. Your equity or balance
    cannot drop to **$90K**
    at any point.
    
    
    How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated?
    
    
    **Daily Loss Limit: 5%** of the higher value
    between your opening balance or opening equity for that
    day.
    
    
    At the start of each trading day, the system records
    both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher
    becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more
    than 5% of that baseline at any point during the day,
    including floating losses from open trades.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When equity is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening
    equity: **$107K**
    
    Baseline = $107K (equity is higher)
    
    5% of $107K = $5,350. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$101,650**
    that day.
    
    
    2
    
    When balance is the higher value
    
    Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening
    equity: **$99K**
    
    Baseline = $100K (balance is higher)
    
    5% of $100K = $5K. Your equity cannot drop
    to **$95K** that
    day.
    
    
    Important
    
    Both floating P&L and closed positions count
    toward the daily loss.
    The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**.
    Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard.
    
    
    What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea?
    
    
    Master Accounts with 10% Profit Target (no longer offered)
    
    Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation
    phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts, including
    merged accounts.
    [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea)
    
    The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your
    Master Account, including both realized and unrealized
    losses across all related positions.
    
    
    - **Below $25K:** Removed
    
    - **Accounts $25k and below $50K:**
    3% of Master Account Size
    
    - **$50K and above:** 2% of Master
    Account Size
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    Single Trades
    
    Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach
    the limit for your account size.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    A single trade loss of $750 or more
    = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    A single trade loss of $2,000 or more
    = Breach
    
    2
    
    Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions
    
    Multiple positions on the same pair active at the
    same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined
    losses
    (including unrealized) must not reach the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    Three concurrent buys on EURUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 loss: $300
    - Trade 2 loss: $200
    - Trade 3 loss: $250
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach,
    even if Trade 1 is still open
    
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD:
    
    - Trade 1 floating loss: $900
    - Trade 2 floating loss: $700
    - Trade 3 floating loss: $400
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach,
    regardless of whether trades remain open
    
    
    3
    
    Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule
    
    Each new position opened in the same direction within
    **10 minutes**
    of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade
    idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across
    all of them is assessed against the limit.
    
    
    $25K to below $50K
    
    **$25K account**, limit: 3%
    = **$750**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$500 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$250 loss**
    
    Combined: $750 = Breach
    
    $50K and above
    
    **$100K account**, limit: 2%
    = **$2,000**
    
    - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss**
    - Trade 2: reopened same direction within
    10 min, **$800 loss**
    
    Combined: $2,000 = Breach
    
    What counts as activity?
    
    
    Your account is breached if no trades are completed in
    **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least
    one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur
    within any 30-day window to keep the account active.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    When the inactivity clock starts
    
    - **No trades placed yet:** the clock
    starts from the account creation date.
    
    - **Previously traded:** the clock
    starts the day after your last trade was fully
    closed.
    
    
    2
    
    Open trades do not count
    
    A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause
    the inactivity timer.
    
    
    How does the Striking System work?
    
    
    Instead of a restrictive 1% guideline per trade idea,
    the Striking System gives more chances in a transparent
    way. Each time a single trade idea's combined floating
    loss reaches 1.2% of the account size, a warning is recorded.
    Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between reward
    cycles. **Applies to 8% profit target only.**
    
    The consequences escalate with each warning:
    
    
    | Warning | What happens |
    | --- | --- |
    | **1st** | A warning is recorded. The profit from<br> that trade idea is deducted. No other<br> penalty at this stage. |
    | **2nd** | Your reward split drops by half (for<br> example, from 80% to 40%). The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **3rd** | Your reward split drops to 20%. The profit<br> from that trade idea is also deducted. |
    | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. |
    
    Your trades are never force-closed by a warning. Any
    profit from a trade idea that received a warning is deducted
    from the account.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach
    
    Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result
    in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits
    depending on the violated rule.
    
    
    ## News Trading & Weekend Holds
    
    Soft Breach: Profits Removed
    
    We use **Forex Factory** as our official news source.
    High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red. You can also
    access the calendar directly through your dashboard.
    
    
    Evaluation Stage
    
    There are **no restrictions** on holding
    trades during news events during either evaluation phase.
    You are free to manage your trades as you see fit.
    
    
    Important
    
    Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead
    to account closure.
    
    
    Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases
    with no restrictions.
    
    
    Master Account
    
    Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed
    
    A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over
    the weekend is currently **not allowed**
    on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Ensure all trades
    are closed
    before market close on Friday. Any open trades will
    be automatically closed by the system; this is not
    a hard breach.
    
    
    You can hold trades during news events on the Master
    Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened
    or closed near high-impact news events.
    
    
    * * *
    
    1
    
    The 10-minute restricted window
    
    You cannot open or close positions within a
    **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact
    news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies.
    This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes
    after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window
    spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5
    minutes after it concludes.
    
    
    Profits from trades opened or closed within this
    window will not be counted on the Master Account.
    The full profit of the affected trade is deducted,
    not just the portion earned during the window.
    
    
    2
    
    Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule
    
    Trades opened **5 hours or more before**
    a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the
    restriction and can be closed within the restricted
    window. Profits from these trades will count.
    
    
    Examples
    
    - **Related currency:** if news
    affects USD, you cannot open or close trades
    on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:**
    closing it within the window will result
    in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Trading Rule Clarification
    
    - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will count if closed within the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:**
    profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute
    window.
    
    - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire
    order, leading to a news trading flag.
    
    - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions
    exceed the daily or max loss limit.
    
    
    Rewards: Minimum Amount
    
    The minimum reward request is
    **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips'
    split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction
    fees.
    
    
    ## Reward Cycles
    
    On Demand
    
    90%
    
    Request any time with 35% consistency score & min 2%
    profit.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Weekly
    
    60%
    
    7 days after your first executed trade on the Master Account.
    
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Bi-Weekly
    
    80%
    
    Every 14 calendar days after your first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    Monthly
    
    100%
    
    Every 30 calendar days after your first executed trade.
    
    How does this work? ↓
    
    On Demand90% Split
    
    You can request an On Demand reward with a
    **90% split** at any time once you meet
    both of the following criteria:
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - The minimum reward amount for On Demand is
    **2% of the Master Account Size**.
    
    
    Weekly60% Split
    
    You are eligible to request a reward with a
    **60% split** seven days after your first
    executed trade on your Master Account. The cycle resets after
    each successfully processed reward.
    
    
    How It Works
    
    - First trade on Monday, then request the following Monday
    - First trade on Tuesday, then request the following Tuesday
    - First trade on Wednesday, then request the following
    Wednesday
    
    - First trade on Thursday, then request the following
    Thursday
    
    - First trade on Friday, then request the following Friday
    
    Bi-Weekly80% Split
    
    You can request a reward with an **80% split**
    every **14 calendar days** after your first
    executed trade on your Master Account. The cycle resets
    after each successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Monthly100% Split
    
    Effective 14 August 2026
    
    Applies to Master Accounts purchased after **14 August 2026**.
    
    
    You can request a reward with a **100% split**
    every **30 calendar days** after your first
    executed trade on your Master Account. The cycle resets
    after each successfully processed reward.
    
    
    Eligibility Requirements
    
    
    - A **35% consistency score** must be
    achieved: no single trading day can account for more
    than 35% of total profit. This resets after each
    reward.
    
    - At least **7 profitable days** within the
    current 30-day cycle, each with profit of
    **0.5% or more** of the starting Master
    Account Size.
    
    - Your **Striking System** warning trigger
    drops to **1% of account size**, at every
    account size, for as long as your reward cycle is set
    to
    Monthly. This replaces the standard 1.2% trigger that
    applies above $25K on the Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and On
    Demand cycles.
    
    
    Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters
    
    Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes
    your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits.
    
    
    Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only
    
    
    - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**.
    Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades
    will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach.
    
    - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and
    Indices on Master Accounts. See the
    **Important Information** section below.
    
    
    ## Swap-Free Add-On
    
    Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles.
    Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments.
    
    
    During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on
    to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest)
    fees.
    
    
    MT5 Only
    
    This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader
    5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader.
    
    
    - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only.
    
    - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard
    swap charges even with the add-on active.
    
    
    ## Commission
    
    Standard accounts use the base commission structure.
    Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher
    commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees.
    
    
    Crypto Commission Formula
    
    Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot
    of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission.
    
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot |
    | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission |
    | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% |
    
    ## Leverage
    
    | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) |
    | --- | --- | --- |
    | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 |
    | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 |
    | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 |
    | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 |
    | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 |
    
    When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto
    leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free
    accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the
    Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto
    leverage stays at 1:2.
    
    
    ## Important Information
    
    Temporary Change Active
    
    A temporary change to weekend holding and leverage has been
    implemented on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts and will remain
    in
    effect until further notice.
    
    
    Holding trades during the weekend is not allowed for all
    Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before the
    market closes on Friday.
    
    
    Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system.
    This is not a hard breach.
    
    
    We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical
    developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment.
    When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change,
    we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include
    temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All
    updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email.
    
    
    ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time  (UTC+3)
    
    ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage
    
    Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading
    flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls.
    Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your
    entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller
    trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio
    gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary
    Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies
    on Master Accounts.
    
    
    ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers
    
    | Lot Size | Leverage |
    | --- | --- |
    | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 |
    | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 |
    | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 |
    | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 |
    | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 |
    | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 |
    
    Example
    
    The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage,
    meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's
    full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that,
    each additional portion requires progressively more margin
    (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any
    volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5.
    
    
    Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each
    tier only applies to the portion of volume within its
    range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit
    from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade
    becomes.
    
    
    ## Lot Size Limit
    
    20-Lot Max per Click / Trade
    
    A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every
    single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin
    or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate
    1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction.
    
    
    ## Frequently Asked Questions
    
    Common questions about the topics covered on this page.
    
    
    Evaluation to Master Phase
    
    Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation?
    
    
    No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take
    as long as you need, as long as you complete at least
    one
    trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all
    trading
    rules throughout.
    
    
    When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase
    1?
    
    
    Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your
    Phase
    2 account will be ready! You can find your new login
    details
    right on your dashboard under Credentials.
    
    
    When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase
    2?
    
    
    After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once
    the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete.
    This
    includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible
    Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement
    signing,
    and connection to the risk management framework
    (a further 2 working days).
    
    
    If my open trades are showing a profit above the target,
    have I passed?
    
    
    No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit
    target
    with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that
    are
    still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain
    above the target.
    
    
    Is there a reset option if my Evaluation Account is breached?
    
    
    Yes. If your Phase 1 or Phase 2 account is breached due
    to
    trading rules or risk violations, a Reset option with
    a 15%
    discount on Phase 1 and 10% discount on Phase 2 will
    appear
    on your dashboard within 7 calendar
    days
    of the breach. If a Phase 2 account is reset, it restarts
    from Phase 1.
    
    
    My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation
    Reset?
    
    
    Yes. Evaluation Resets are available when an account
    is breached due to trading rule or risk violations or
    Inactivity
    
    
    Account Violations
    
    If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and
    then recovers, is it still a violation?
    
    
    Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below
    the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation.
    It
    does not matter if the account recovers right after.
    
    
    My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in
    profit. Is my account still violated?
    
    
    Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit
    is touched.
    Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit,
    the
    account remains violated because the rule was broken
    at some
    point during the trade.
    
    
    When does the 30-day inactivity clock start?
    
    
    If you have not placed any trades yet, the clock starts
    from
    the day your account was created. If you have traded
    before,
    it starts the day after your last trade was fully closed.
    You need to complete at least one trade within any 30-day
    window to keep the account active.
    
    
    I have an open trade right now. Does that count as activity?
    
    
    No. A trade only counts as activity once it is fully
    closed.
    Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity
    timer. The trade must be completed before the 30-day
    window
    runs out.
    
    
    If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another
    trade for the risk limit?
    
    
    No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses
    from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea
    limit.
    Each trade idea is assessed on its own losses only.
    
    
    Does the Risk Per Trade Idea rule apply during the evaluation
    phases?
    
    
    No. The Risk Per Trade Idea rule only applies on the
    Master
    Account, on account sizes at $25,000 and above and under
    10% Profit Target only.
    
    
    What is a Striking System warning?
    
    
    A warning is recorded when a single trade idea on your
    Master
    Account reaches a combined floating loss of 1.2% of your
    account
    size. It is counted once per idea, on the first time
    it crosses
    that level. Each warning triggers a consequence based
    on
    the warning number.
    
    
    Will my trades be closed when a Striking System warning is
    recorded?
    
    
    No. Your trades are never force-closed by a Striking
    System
    warning. Trading on the flagged idea can continue, but
    any
    profit it makes will not count toward your reward and
    will
    be deducted when the trades close.
    
    
    My trade idea dipped to -1.2% but recovered and closed in
    profit. Is the warning still recorded?
    
    
    Yes. The warning is based on the heat the idea took,
    not
    the final result. Once a trade idea's combined floating
    loss
    reaches -1.2%, the warning is recorded regardless of
    whether
    it recovers. The profit from that idea is still subject
    to
    deduction.
    
    
    What happens to the profit from a trade idea that receives
    a Striking System warning?
    
    
    The trades in that idea are flagged. When they close,
    any
    net profit they made is deducted from your account and
    will
    not be counted toward your reward. Losing trades are
    not
    refunded.
    
    
    Does requesting a reward reset my Striking System warnings
    or restore my reward split?
    
    
    No. Warnings and their consequences stay on the account
    for
    its lifetime. Requesting a reward does not reset the
    warning
    counter or restore a reduced split.
    
    
    What happens if I break one of the trading rules?
    
    
    Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are
    closed
    automatically, and the account switches to view-only
    mode,
    meaning you can see everything but can no longer place
    trades.
    
    
    Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken
    and
    when. You will also receive an email notification straight
    away.
    
    
    Additional Guidelines
    
    Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types?
    
    
    Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account
    applies
    to all order types. Opening or closing any position type
    within the restricted window on the affected currency
    will
    result in those profits not being counted.
    
    
    Rewards
    
    My Consistency Score is too high and I cannot request a reward.
    How do I fix this?
    
    
    The 35% Consistency Score applies only on the
    **On Demand** reward cycle. It checks that
    no
    single day made up too large a share of your total profits.
    If your best day accounted for more than 35% of everything
    you have earned, On Demand reward requests are blocked
    until
    the score comes back down.
    
    
    Continue trading and keep each day's profit below your
    best
    day so far. As your total profit grows, the percentage
    that
    one big day represents will naturally decrease and bring
    the score back within range.
    
    
    Weekly, Bi-Weekly, and Monthly reward cycles are not
    subject
    to the 35% rule.
    
    
    My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet.
    Will I lose it?
    
    
    No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available
    until you choose to request it. You can submit the request
    on any working day, as long as all requirements are met
    and
    your account is in good standing. The cycle only resets
    after
    a reward is successfully processed.
    
    
    Trading Conditions
    
    How many lots can I open at once on crypto?
    
    
    You can open a max of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long
    as your account has enough available margin. A separate
    platform-wide
    limit of 20 lots per click applies across all instruments,
    but the 1-lot limit is the binding restriction for crypto
    trades specifically.
    
    
    Profit Concentration Policy
    
    Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy
    apply to?
    
    
    The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created
    Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models
    with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2
    Step
    Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts,
    as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase.
    
    
    What counts as a trade idea under this policy?
    
    
    A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions
    on
    the same instrument in the same direction, including
    any
    new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing
    trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed
    together
    when measuring profit concentration.
    
    
    What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit
    target?
    
    
    If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of
    the
    profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account
    created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable
    days
    before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master
    Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected.
    
    
    What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account?
    
    
    A profitable day is a trading day where net realized
    profit
    is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on
    the
    Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each
    reward
    request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The
    days
    do not need to be consecutive.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing
    evaluation account?
    
    
    If your evaluation account was created before June 27,
    2026,
    this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts
    created
    on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy.
    
    
    Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts?
    
    
    No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation
    phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during
    evaluation
    phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected.
    
    
    Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation?
    
    
    No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation.
    You still pass normally. The only consequence is that
    your
    Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days
    before
    each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account.
    
    
    ## Related articles
    
    - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kG--8545c798691b45c3ade17754e17c04c4a9f3c414)
    - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--681c9d15f139a28d5ee229b0628fbfd74ce407e8)
    - [2 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ3ODM1MTk2MjcxMjQ5LTItU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--fab0a9a95fb2d75cf913d48525e4accae37f2f1e)
    - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--5c2125237bda46c60fadfbb9534cce2b8046328d)
    - [1 Step Flex](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBFzaw1hHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxNjk3NDM0Mzg1LTEtU3RlcC1GbGV4BjsIVDoJcmFua2kK--6b12687f78232c2a8ae7b95447cc860e7ebc0f22)
    
    Support
    
    ## Still Need Help?
    
    Let’s chat
    
    Live Chat
    
    Online now
    
    Chat with us
    
    Our community
    
    Discord
    
    Ask 230,000+ traders
    
    [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips)
    
    Send us a message
    
    Email
    
    Available 24/7
    
    [Send an email](mailto:[email protected])
    
    Search
    
    
    ×
    
    [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/34501809112081-2-Step-Standard#)
    
    **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies.
    
    Searching…
    
    **No results found** Try different keywords.

    SHA-256 6b5c7c81ef7342e50e10e4aa5c1459db396a4f4d969ff837a0c8fcd6be85a8ee